1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd
) = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) == 0)
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
234 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
238 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
239 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
242 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
243 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
247 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
262 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
265 return (char *) shstrtab
;
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
270 unsigned int shindex
,
271 unsigned int strindex
)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
278 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
280 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
284 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
286 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
290 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
296 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
316 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
331 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
332 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
336 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
337 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
338 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
339 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
340 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
341 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
343 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
344 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
346 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
354 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
358 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
359 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
360 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
362 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
364 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
366 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
375 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
377 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
378 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
384 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
386 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
387 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
390 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
392 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
393 free (alloc_extshndx
);
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
406 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
407 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
409 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
412 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
414 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
415 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
418 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
421 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
422 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
431 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
440 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
443 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
450 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
457 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
466 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
468 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
474 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
480 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
483 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
489 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
505 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
508 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
511 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
519 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
520 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
522 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
532 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
533 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
540 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
541 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
544 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
545 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
555 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
562 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
566 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
569 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
570 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
575 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
582 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
583 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
585 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
594 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
600 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
603 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
611 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
632 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
633 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
640 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
642 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
650 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
651 bed
->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
659 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
662 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
663 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
664 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
667 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
668 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
669 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
673 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
678 /* Process section groups. */
679 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
682 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
685 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
686 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
689 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
690 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
691 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
692 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
693 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
694 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
695 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
696 relocation sections are in section group in input object
698 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
701 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
702 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
703 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
705 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
706 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
707 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
710 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
718 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
720 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
723 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
724 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
727 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
736 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
738 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
739 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
743 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
747 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
748 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
749 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
751 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
752 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
753 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
755 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
757 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
758 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
759 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
760 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
763 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
764 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
765 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
766 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
767 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
768 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
771 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
774 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
775 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
776 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
778 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
780 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
783 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
785 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
787 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
788 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
793 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
795 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
796 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
801 } debug_sections
[] =
803 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
804 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
805 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
806 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
807 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
808 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
809 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
810 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
811 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
812 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
813 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
814 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
815 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
816 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
817 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
818 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
823 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
825 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
826 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
827 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
828 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
829 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
833 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
834 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
835 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
836 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
837 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
838 all but one of the sections. */
839 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
840 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
841 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
843 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
844 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
845 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
848 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
851 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
853 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
856 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
857 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
858 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
859 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
860 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
862 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
865 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
867 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
868 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
870 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
871 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
872 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
873 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
875 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
876 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
877 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
878 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
879 place special significance on the address 0 and
880 executables need to be able to have a segment which
881 covers this address. */
882 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
883 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
884 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
885 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
886 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
887 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
888 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
890 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
891 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
892 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
894 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
895 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
896 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
897 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
898 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
899 segment will contain sections with contiguous
900 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
901 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
902 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
904 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
905 offsets whether a section with zero size should
906 be placed at the end of one segment or the
907 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
908 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
909 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
910 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
925 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
928 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
929 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
930 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
931 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
932 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
935 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
936 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
943 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
946 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
947 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
948 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
950 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
951 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
952 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
959 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
960 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
961 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
962 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
965 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
966 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
967 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
968 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
969 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
970 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
971 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
972 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
973 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
975 bfd_reloc_status_type
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
977 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
979 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
980 asection
*input_section
,
982 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
984 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
985 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
986 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
987 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
989 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
993 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
996 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
999 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1002 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1003 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1006 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1009 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1014 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1017 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1018 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1019 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1020 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1021 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1023 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1025 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1026 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1027 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1028 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1030 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1031 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1035 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1036 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1041 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1043 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1044 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1045 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1048 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1051 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1055 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1057 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1058 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1061 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1062 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1063 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1065 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1066 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1067 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1072 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1077 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1078 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1079 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1080 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1081 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1082 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1083 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1084 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1085 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1086 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1087 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1088 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1093 /* Print out the program headers. */
1096 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1099 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1101 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1103 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1108 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1109 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1110 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1112 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1117 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1120 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1121 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1122 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1123 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1124 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1125 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1126 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1127 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1128 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1129 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1130 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1131 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1132 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1133 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1134 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1135 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1136 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1141 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1145 unsigned long shlink
;
1146 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1148 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1150 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1155 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1158 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1160 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1161 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1164 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1165 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1167 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1170 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1172 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1174 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1181 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1185 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1186 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1187 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1188 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1189 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1190 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1191 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1192 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1193 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1194 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1195 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1196 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1197 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1198 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1199 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1200 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1201 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1202 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1204 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1205 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1206 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1207 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1208 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1209 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1210 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1211 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1212 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1213 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1214 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1215 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1216 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1217 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1218 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1220 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1221 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1222 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1223 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1224 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1225 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1226 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1227 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1228 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1229 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1230 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1231 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1232 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1233 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1234 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1235 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1236 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1237 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1238 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1239 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1240 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1241 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1246 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1250 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1252 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1255 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1264 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1265 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1267 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1271 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1273 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1275 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1276 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1278 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1279 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1280 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1281 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1283 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1286 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1290 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1296 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1300 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1301 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1303 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1305 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1306 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1307 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1308 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1309 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1310 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1322 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1325 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1328 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1333 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1334 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1336 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1337 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1338 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1339 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1341 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1343 const char *section_name
;
1344 const char *name
= NULL
;
1345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1346 unsigned char st_other
;
1349 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1351 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1352 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1353 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1357 name
= symbol
->name
;
1358 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1361 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1362 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1363 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1364 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1365 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1366 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1367 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1369 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1370 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1372 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1373 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1374 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1375 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1377 unsigned int vernum
;
1378 const char *version_string
;
1380 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1383 version_string
= "";
1384 else if (vernum
== 1)
1385 version_string
= "Base";
1386 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1391 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1393 version_string
= "";
1394 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1398 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1400 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1402 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1404 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1411 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1412 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1417 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1418 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1423 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1424 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1429 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1430 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1431 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1433 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1435 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1444 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1446 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1447 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1448 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1451 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1455 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1460 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1461 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1465 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1467 /* Set local fields. */
1470 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1471 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1472 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1473 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1474 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1475 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1476 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1477 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1484 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1485 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1488 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1490 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1492 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1494 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1495 symbol which just became indirect. */
1497 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1498 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1499 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1500 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1501 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1502 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1504 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1507 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1508 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1509 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1510 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1512 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1513 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1514 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1515 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1518 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1520 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1521 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1522 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1523 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1526 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1528 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1529 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1530 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1531 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1533 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1538 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1540 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1542 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1546 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1547 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1550 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1556 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1559 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1560 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1562 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1563 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1565 unsigned int entsize
)
1568 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1570 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1571 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1572 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1573 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1574 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1575 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1576 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1577 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1578 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1579 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1580 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1583 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1584 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1585 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1586 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1587 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1588 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1589 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1590 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1591 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1593 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1594 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1599 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1601 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1602 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1604 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1605 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1607 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1611 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1612 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1621 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1622 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1623 entry for a dynamic object. */
1626 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1628 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1629 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1630 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1634 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1637 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1638 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1639 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1646 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1648 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1649 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1650 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1653 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1654 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1656 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1657 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1658 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1660 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1662 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1665 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1666 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1668 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1669 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1672 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1674 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1677 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1678 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1679 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1682 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1684 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1685 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1686 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1690 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1691 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1694 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1695 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1698 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1700 unsigned long shlink
;
1701 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1703 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1707 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1708 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1711 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1712 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1715 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1718 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1722 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1724 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1725 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1728 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1729 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1731 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1733 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1735 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1738 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1741 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1742 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1745 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1750 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1771 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1773 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1774 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1776 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1778 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1783 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1784 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1785 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1787 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1794 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1796 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1799 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1801 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1802 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1803 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1806 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1807 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1812 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1815 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1818 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1819 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1820 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1821 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1822 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1823 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1824 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1825 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1826 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1828 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1829 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1831 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1832 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1834 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1836 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1838 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1839 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1840 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1841 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1843 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1844 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1848 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1850 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1851 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1853 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1854 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1856 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1864 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1865 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1868 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1870 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1871 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1872 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1873 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1874 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1876 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1877 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1878 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1879 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1880 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1882 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1883 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1884 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1888 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1889 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1890 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1891 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1893 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1895 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1896 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1898 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1899 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1900 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1904 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1906 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1907 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1908 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1912 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1916 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1917 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1920 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1922 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1923 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1924 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1925 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1926 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1928 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1929 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1930 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1932 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1933 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1936 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1937 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1938 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1939 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1942 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1943 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1945 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1947 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1948 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1951 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1955 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1958 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1961 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1962 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1963 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1964 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1966 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1970 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1971 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1972 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1973 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1975 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1977 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1978 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1980 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1981 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1983 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1986 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1988 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1990 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1991 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1995 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1999 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2001 asection
*target_sect
;
2002 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2003 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2006 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2007 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2010 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2011 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2012 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2014 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2015 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2016 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2017 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2021 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2022 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2023 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2024 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2025 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2026 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2027 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2028 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2029 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2035 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2037 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2038 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2049 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2052 /* Get the symbol table. */
2053 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2054 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2055 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2058 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2059 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2060 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2061 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2062 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2063 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2064 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2065 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2066 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2067 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2068 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2069 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2070 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2073 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2075 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2076 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2079 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2080 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2081 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2085 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2086 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2087 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2088 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2091 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2092 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2093 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2094 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2095 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2096 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2097 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2098 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2099 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2100 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2105 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2106 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2107 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2108 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2111 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2112 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2114 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2115 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2116 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2118 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2119 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2121 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2127 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2128 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2130 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2132 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2135 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2137 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2139 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2140 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2143 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2144 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2145 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2147 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2149 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2150 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2151 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2153 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2160 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2161 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2164 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2166 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2167 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2168 for applications? */
2169 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2170 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2171 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2172 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2174 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2175 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2178 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2179 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2180 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2181 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2182 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2184 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2185 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2186 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2190 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2192 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2193 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2194 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2195 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2203 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2204 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2207 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2208 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2210 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2212 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2213 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2214 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2215 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2216 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2218 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2219 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2221 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2222 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2223 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2226 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2228 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2231 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2232 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2233 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2234 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2237 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2239 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2241 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2244 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2248 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2250 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2252 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2255 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2257 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2258 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2261 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2263 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2264 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2267 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2269 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2270 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2271 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2272 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2273 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2274 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2275 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2276 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2277 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2278 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2279 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2284 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2285 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2286 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2289 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2291 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2292 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2293 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2294 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2295 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2296 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2297 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2298 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2301 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2303 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2304 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2307 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2309 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2310 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2311 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2312 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2315 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2317 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2318 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2321 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2323 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2324 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2325 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2328 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2330 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2331 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2332 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2337 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2338 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2339 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2340 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2341 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2344 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2346 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2347 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2348 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2349 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2350 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2353 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2355 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2356 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2357 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2358 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2361 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2363 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2364 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2365 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2367 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2368 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2369 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2370 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2373 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2375 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2377 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2379 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2380 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2381 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2384 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2385 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2386 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2392 len
= strlen (name
);
2394 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2397 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2399 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2401 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2404 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2405 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2407 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2409 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2411 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2412 && (suffix_len
== -2
2413 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2419 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2421 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2422 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2432 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2433 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2436 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2437 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2439 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2440 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2444 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2447 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2448 bed
->special_sections
,
2454 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2457 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2458 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2461 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2466 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2470 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2472 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2473 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2474 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2476 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2479 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2482 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2485 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2486 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2487 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2489 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2490 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2491 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2492 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2493 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2494 elf_fake_sections. */
2495 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2496 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2498 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2501 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2502 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2506 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2509 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2511 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2512 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2513 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2514 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2516 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2517 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2518 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2519 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2520 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2521 of combined data+bss.
2523 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2524 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2525 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2526 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2527 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2532 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2533 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2535 const char *typename
)
2543 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2544 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2545 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2546 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2547 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2548 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2551 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2552 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2553 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2555 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2556 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2557 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2558 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2559 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2560 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2561 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2563 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2564 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2565 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2567 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2569 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2572 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2574 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2579 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2580 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2581 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2584 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2585 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2586 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2588 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2589 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2590 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2591 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2593 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2594 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2595 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2597 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2598 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2605 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2609 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2612 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2615 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2618 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2621 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2624 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2626 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2631 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2634 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2636 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2637 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2641 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2644 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2647 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2648 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2649 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2653 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2654 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2655 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2658 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2659 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2661 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2665 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2667 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2670 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2672 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2674 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2676 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2677 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2678 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2679 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2680 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2681 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2682 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2683 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2684 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2689 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2692 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2694 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2695 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2696 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2700 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2705 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2707 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2708 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2709 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2715 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2717 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2718 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2719 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2723 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2724 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2726 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2727 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2728 copy_private_section_data. */
2730 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2731 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2733 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2735 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2737 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2738 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2739 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2740 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2741 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2742 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2744 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2747 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2753 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2754 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2755 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2762 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2766 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2770 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2774 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2775 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2779 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2780 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2783 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2784 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2787 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2788 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2789 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2790 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2792 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2793 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2795 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2796 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2799 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2800 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2801 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2802 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2804 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2805 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2807 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2808 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2812 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2816 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2817 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2818 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2819 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2820 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2821 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2822 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2824 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2825 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2826 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2827 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2829 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2830 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2831 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2833 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2834 if (asect
->size
== 0
2835 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2837 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2839 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2842 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2843 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2844 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2849 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2850 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2851 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2854 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2855 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2856 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2857 create the other. */
2858 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2859 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2860 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2866 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2869 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2871 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2872 unsigned long symindx
;
2873 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2877 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2879 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2884 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2885 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2889 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2890 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2891 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2892 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2894 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2896 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2898 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2900 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2903 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2905 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2906 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2907 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2914 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2916 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2917 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2918 start of the input section group. */
2919 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2921 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2922 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2923 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2924 directives, not that it matters. */
2933 s
= s
->output_section
;
2936 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2937 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2938 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2943 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2946 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2949 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2950 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2951 in here too, while we're at it. */
2954 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2956 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2958 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2959 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2960 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2964 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2966 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2967 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2969 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2970 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2972 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2974 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2976 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2978 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2979 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2980 abfd
->section_count
--;
2984 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2985 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2986 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2992 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2994 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2996 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2998 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2999 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3000 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3002 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3003 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3007 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3008 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3009 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3010 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3015 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3016 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3017 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3018 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3024 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3025 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3026 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3027 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3028 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3030 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3032 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3033 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3034 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3035 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3036 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3038 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3039 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3040 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3041 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3042 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3043 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3044 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3047 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3048 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3049 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3053 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3054 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3056 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3057 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3058 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3059 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3061 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3063 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3064 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3067 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3068 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3070 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3074 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3076 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3077 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3079 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3080 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3082 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3083 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3085 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3086 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3089 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3091 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3095 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3096 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3097 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3098 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3099 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3101 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3103 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3104 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3105 the relocation entries apply. */
3106 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3108 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3109 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3111 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3113 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3114 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3117 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3118 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3120 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3123 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3124 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3126 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3127 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3130 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3131 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3132 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3134 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3135 size as the discarded one. */
3136 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3139 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3145 s
= s
->output_section
;
3146 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3150 /* Handle objcopy. */
3151 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3153 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3154 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3155 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3156 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3159 s
= s
->output_section
;
3161 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3166 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3167 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3168 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3170 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3171 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3172 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3173 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3174 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3179 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3183 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3184 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3185 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3186 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3187 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3188 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3189 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3191 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3193 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3195 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3199 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3201 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3205 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3206 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3207 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3208 field to point to this section. */
3209 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3210 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3215 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3216 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3219 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3220 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3221 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3225 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3227 /* This is a .stab section. */
3228 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3229 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3230 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3237 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3238 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3239 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3240 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3242 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3244 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3247 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3248 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3250 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3252 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3253 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3255 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3259 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3260 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3261 this hash table or version table is for. */
3262 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3264 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3268 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3272 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3273 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3274 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3276 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3277 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3281 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3282 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3285 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3287 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3288 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3289 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3290 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3292 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3293 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3294 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3297 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3298 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3299 special sections. */
3302 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3304 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3306 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3307 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3308 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3312 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3314 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3315 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3316 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3317 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3318 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3319 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3320 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3327 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3331 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3333 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3334 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3338 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3339 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3341 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3342 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3344 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3345 decided to output. */
3346 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3348 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3350 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3351 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3353 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3355 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3356 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3358 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3362 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3363 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3365 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3367 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3373 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3374 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3375 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3376 at least in that case. */
3377 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3379 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3388 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3389 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3391 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3394 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3396 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3399 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3401 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3404 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3406 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3408 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3410 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3412 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3415 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3416 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3419 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3421 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3425 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3427 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3428 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3432 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3433 ELF data structure. */
3435 static inline file_ptr
3436 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3438 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3441 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3442 required section alignment. */
3445 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3453 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3455 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3457 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3458 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3459 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3460 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3461 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3465 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3466 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3467 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3470 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3471 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3473 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3475 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3478 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3481 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3482 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3483 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3485 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3488 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3489 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3490 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3493 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3497 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3500 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3501 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3503 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3504 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3506 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3510 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3512 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3517 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3518 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3519 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3520 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3521 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3522 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3523 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3524 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3525 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3526 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3527 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3529 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3532 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3537 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3539 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3540 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3542 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3543 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3544 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3546 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3547 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3549 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3551 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3553 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3554 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3556 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3559 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3564 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3565 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3567 static bfd_size_type
3568 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3574 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3575 and one for data. */
3578 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3579 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3581 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3582 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3583 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3588 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3590 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3594 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3596 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3600 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3602 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3606 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3608 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3612 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3614 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3615 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3617 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3622 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3624 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3626 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3632 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3633 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3634 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3638 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3644 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3647 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3649 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3650 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3651 asection
**sections
,
3656 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3661 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3662 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3663 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3667 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3668 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3669 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3670 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3672 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3674 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3675 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3676 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3682 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3685 struct elf_segment_map
*
3686 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3688 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3690 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3694 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3696 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3701 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3704 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3706 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3707 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3709 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3710 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3711 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3713 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3717 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3720 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
3722 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3723 && ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3724 || m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3727 m
->sections
[new_count
] = m
->sections
[i
];
3733 if (new_count
!= m
->count
)
3734 m
->count
= new_count
;
3737 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3738 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3740 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3747 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3750 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3753 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3754 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3755 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3757 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3758 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3762 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3763 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3766 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3767 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3769 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3770 bfd_boolean writable
;
3772 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3773 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3776 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3778 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3779 if (sections
== NULL
)
3783 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3785 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3791 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3794 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3796 /* Build the mapping. */
3801 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3802 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3804 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3805 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3807 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3808 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3812 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3813 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3814 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3815 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3816 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3821 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3822 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3826 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3834 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3835 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3836 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3840 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3842 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3844 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3847 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3848 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3849 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3850 program headers we will need. */
3853 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3856 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3857 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3858 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3859 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3860 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3863 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3866 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3870 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3873 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3875 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3876 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3877 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3879 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3881 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3882 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3886 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3887 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3889 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3890 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3893 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3894 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3896 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3897 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3898 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3901 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3903 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3904 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3905 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3906 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3909 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3910 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3911 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3912 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3914 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3915 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3916 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3917 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3918 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3919 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3920 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3925 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3926 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3931 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3934 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3935 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3936 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3937 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3943 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3944 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3946 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3953 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3959 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3960 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3961 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3965 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3968 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3969 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3971 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3979 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3982 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3989 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3990 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3991 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3992 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3993 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3994 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3996 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3997 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3999 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4000 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4004 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4011 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4019 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4024 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4025 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4026 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4031 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4032 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4034 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4035 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4037 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4038 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4039 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4046 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4048 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4049 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4050 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4052 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4053 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4057 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4059 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4065 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4067 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4068 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4072 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4073 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4074 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4080 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4082 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4083 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4087 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4089 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4096 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4099 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4102 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4104 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4109 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4114 /* Sort sections by address. */
4117 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4119 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4120 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4121 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4123 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4124 place the section into a segment. */
4125 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4127 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4130 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4131 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4132 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4134 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4137 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4139 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4145 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4146 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4147 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4148 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4153 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4158 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4159 before others at the same address. */
4161 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4162 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4169 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4172 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4174 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4175 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4176 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4177 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4178 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4181 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4182 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4184 /* In other words, something like:
4186 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4187 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4188 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4189 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4191 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4193 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4196 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4198 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4201 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4202 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4206 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4207 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4209 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4210 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4211 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4212 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4214 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4218 if (link_info
== NULL
4219 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4223 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4226 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4227 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4228 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4230 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== 0)
4231 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4233 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4234 == alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4238 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4242 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4243 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4248 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4249 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4251 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4252 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4254 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4260 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4261 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4262 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4263 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4264 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4266 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4267 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4268 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4271 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4272 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4273 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4274 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4275 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4276 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4277 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4279 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4280 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4285 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4287 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4288 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4289 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4292 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4294 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4295 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4297 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4298 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4299 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4300 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4301 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4302 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4303 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4305 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4306 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4308 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4310 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4311 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4315 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4318 bfd_size_type align
;
4320 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4322 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4324 unsigned int secalign
;
4326 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4327 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4328 align_power
= secalign
;
4330 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4332 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4333 align
= maxpagesize
;
4335 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4338 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4339 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4340 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4342 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4343 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4344 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4345 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4346 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4347 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4349 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4351 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4355 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4361 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4362 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4363 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4365 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4368 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4378 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4380 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4383 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4384 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4387 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4389 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4391 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4392 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4394 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4399 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4404 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4406 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4409 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4411 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4415 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4416 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4417 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4418 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4422 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4423 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4426 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4427 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4429 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4430 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4435 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4436 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4437 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4441 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4442 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4443 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4444 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4445 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4446 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4450 bfd_size_type align
;
4454 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4456 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4457 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4459 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4461 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4463 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4466 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4467 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4468 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4472 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4473 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4475 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4477 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4478 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4479 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4481 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4482 modulo the page size. */
4483 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4484 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4486 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4487 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4489 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4493 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4495 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4501 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4507 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4516 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4519 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4520 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4521 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4522 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4523 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4524 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4525 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4526 people do this. The data statement results in a
4527 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4528 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4529 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4530 section with contents to the output. Make room
4531 here for the write, so that following segments are
4533 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4534 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4538 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4540 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4541 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4544 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4546 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4547 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4548 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4549 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4551 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4553 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4555 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4557 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4560 if (align
> p
->p_align
4561 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4562 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4566 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4569 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4571 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4581 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4584 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4585 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4587 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4588 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4589 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4590 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4591 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4592 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4593 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4594 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4596 unsigned int num_sec
;
4600 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4601 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4602 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4603 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4605 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4606 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4609 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4610 && hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0)
4611 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4612 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4614 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4615 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4617 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4619 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4620 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4621 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4624 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4626 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4629 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4630 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4631 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4632 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4633 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4634 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4636 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4638 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4640 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4641 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4645 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4646 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4650 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4652 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4653 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4658 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4661 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4663 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4664 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4666 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4668 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4669 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4670 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4672 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4673 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4678 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4684 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4685 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4688 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4690 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4691 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4692 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4693 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4694 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4696 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4701 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4703 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4704 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4705 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4707 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4709 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4710 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4711 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4713 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4715 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4717 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4719 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4720 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4721 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4722 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4723 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4727 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4728 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4730 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4731 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4732 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4733 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4734 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4736 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4740 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4741 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4747 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4752 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4753 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4754 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4756 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4757 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4758 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4759 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4760 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4761 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4762 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4764 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4767 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4768 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4770 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4771 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4773 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4775 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4776 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4778 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4779 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4783 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4784 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4786 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4787 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4788 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4789 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4791 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4794 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4795 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4796 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4797 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4798 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4800 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4803 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4805 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4807 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4808 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4816 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4817 assignment of sections to segments. */
4818 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4821 /* And for non-load sections. */
4822 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4825 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4827 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4831 /* Write out the program headers. */
4832 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4833 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4834 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4837 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4840 /* Place the section headers. */
4841 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4842 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4843 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4845 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4851 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4853 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4854 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4855 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4856 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4857 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4859 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4860 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4862 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4863 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4866 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4868 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4869 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4870 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4871 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4873 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4874 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4875 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4876 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4878 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4879 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4880 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4881 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4882 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4883 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4885 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4887 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4889 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4890 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4893 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4894 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4895 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4896 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4897 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4898 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4899 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4900 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4902 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4905 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4906 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4908 /* No program header, for now. */
4909 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4910 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4911 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4913 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4914 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4917 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4918 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4919 /* It all happens later. */
4923 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4925 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4928 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4929 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4930 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4931 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4932 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4933 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4934 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4935 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4936 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4942 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4943 of the loadable file image. */
4946 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4949 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4950 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4952 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4954 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4955 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4957 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4960 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4961 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4962 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
4965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4969 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4971 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4972 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
4973 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
4975 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
4977 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
4978 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
4981 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4982 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4985 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
4989 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
4991 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4992 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4993 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
4995 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
4996 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
4997 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
4999 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5001 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5002 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5005 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5006 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5009 /* Write out the section header names. */
5010 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5011 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5012 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5015 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5016 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5019 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5023 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5025 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5026 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5029 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5032 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5037 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5038 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5039 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5041 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5043 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5045 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5050 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5051 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5055 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5060 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5065 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5069 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5071 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5073 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5075 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5076 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5077 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5078 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5079 input sections rather than the output section. */
5080 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5081 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5082 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5087 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5088 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5089 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5090 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5091 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5092 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5093 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5096 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5100 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5101 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5102 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5103 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5104 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5105 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5112 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5113 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5114 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5122 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5125 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5127 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5128 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5129 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5130 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5131 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5134 unsigned int num_segments
;
5135 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5136 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5137 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5138 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5139 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5141 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5142 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5145 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5147 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5148 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5150 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5151 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5152 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5153 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5155 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5156 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5157 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5158 ? section->size : 0)
5160 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5161 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5162 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5163 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5164 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5165 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5167 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5168 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5169 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5170 (section->lma >= base \
5171 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5172 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5174 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5175 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5176 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5177 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5178 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5179 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5180 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5181 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5183 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5184 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5185 p_memsz set to 0. */
5186 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5188 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5189 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5190 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5191 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5193 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5194 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5195 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5197 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5198 A section will be included if:
5199 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5200 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5201 2. It is an allocated segment,
5202 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5203 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5204 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5205 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5206 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5207 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5208 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5209 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5210 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5211 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5212 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5213 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5214 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5215 && section->output_section != NULL \
5216 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5217 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5218 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5219 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5220 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5221 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5222 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5223 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5224 || (segment->p_paddr \
5225 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5226 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5227 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5229 && ! section->segment_mark)
5231 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5232 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5233 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5235 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5236 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5237 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5238 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5239 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5241 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5242 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5243 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5244 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5245 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5247 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5248 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5249 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5251 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5252 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5253 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5254 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5255 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5260 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5262 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5263 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5264 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5266 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5267 assignment code will work. */
5268 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5272 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5275 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5276 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5278 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5280 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5281 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5284 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5285 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5287 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5290 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5291 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5293 if (extra_length
> 0)
5295 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5296 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5299 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5301 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5303 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5308 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5311 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5312 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5314 if (extra_length
> 0)
5316 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5317 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5320 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5325 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5326 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5330 unsigned int section_count
;
5331 asection
** sections
;
5332 asection
* output_section
;
5334 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5335 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5339 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5342 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5343 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5345 section
= section
->next
)
5346 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5349 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5350 all of the sections we have selected. */
5351 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5352 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5353 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5357 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5358 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5360 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5361 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5362 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5363 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5364 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5366 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5367 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5368 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5369 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5371 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5373 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5375 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5376 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5377 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5378 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5379 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5381 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5382 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5385 if (section_count
== 0)
5387 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5388 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5389 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5390 a warning is produced. */
5391 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5392 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5393 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5397 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5398 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5403 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5404 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5405 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5406 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5408 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5409 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5412 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5413 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5414 of the first section.
5416 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5417 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5418 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5419 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5420 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5422 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5423 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5424 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5425 or segments to contain the other sections.
5427 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5428 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5429 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5431 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5432 to work around this long long bug. */
5433 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5434 if (sections
== NULL
)
5437 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5438 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5439 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5440 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5441 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5447 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5449 section
= section
->next
)
5451 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5453 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5455 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5457 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5458 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5459 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5460 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5461 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5462 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5463 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5465 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5466 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5467 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5470 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5472 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5474 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5476 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5477 LMA address of the output section. */
5478 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5479 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5480 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5481 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5484 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5485 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5487 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5488 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5490 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5492 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5493 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5497 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5499 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5501 if (isec
== section_count
)
5503 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5504 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5505 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5506 program header in the input BFD. */
5507 map
->count
= section_count
;
5508 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5509 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5516 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5518 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5519 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5520 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5521 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5525 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5526 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5527 the LMA of the first section. */
5528 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5531 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5532 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5533 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5534 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5536 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5538 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5540 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5541 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5542 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5543 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5544 offset when we know the correct value. */
5545 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5546 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5550 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5551 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5552 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5553 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5554 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5555 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5563 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5564 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5566 section
= sections
[j
];
5568 if (section
== NULL
)
5571 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5573 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5575 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5576 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5578 if (map
->count
== 0)
5580 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5581 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5583 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5585 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5586 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5587 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5593 asection
* prev_sec
;
5595 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5597 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5598 and the start of this section is more than
5599 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5600 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5602 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5603 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5604 > output_section
->lma
))
5606 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5607 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5613 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5616 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5618 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5619 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5622 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5624 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5625 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5626 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5628 if (isec
< section_count
)
5630 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5631 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5632 and carry on looping. */
5633 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5634 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5635 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5642 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5643 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5644 not yet been assigned. */
5646 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5647 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5648 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5649 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5650 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5651 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5652 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5655 while (isec
< section_count
);
5660 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5661 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5662 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5663 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5664 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5665 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5668 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5669 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5671 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5673 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5674 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5675 the offset if necessary. */
5676 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5680 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5683 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5684 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5685 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5690 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5691 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5692 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5693 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5694 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5695 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5696 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5700 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5703 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5705 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5706 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5707 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5708 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5709 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5711 unsigned int num_segments
;
5712 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5714 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5717 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5719 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5720 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5725 unsigned int section_count
;
5727 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5729 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5730 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5733 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5734 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5736 section
= section
->next
)
5738 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5739 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5743 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5744 all of the sections we have selected. */
5745 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5746 if (section_count
!= 0)
5747 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5748 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5752 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5755 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5756 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5757 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5758 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5759 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5760 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5761 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5763 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5764 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5765 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5766 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5768 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5769 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5771 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5772 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5773 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5774 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5775 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5777 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5778 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5781 if (section_count
!= 0)
5783 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5785 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5787 section
= section
->next
)
5789 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5790 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5791 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5795 map
->count
= section_count
;
5796 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5797 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5800 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5804 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5808 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5810 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5811 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5814 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5817 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5819 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5820 header are changed. */
5821 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5822 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5823 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5824 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5826 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5827 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5828 section
= section
->next
)
5829 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5831 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5832 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5836 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5837 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5839 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5840 from the input BFD. */
5841 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5843 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5845 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5846 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5847 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5849 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5850 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5852 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5853 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5854 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5855 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5856 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5857 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5863 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5865 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5866 section
= section
->next
)
5868 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5871 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5874 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5878 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5881 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5884 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5888 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5892 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5894 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5895 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5898 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5899 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5900 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5902 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5903 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5904 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5906 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5907 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5908 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5909 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5912 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5913 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5915 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5916 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5917 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5918 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5922 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5924 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5925 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5926 may be NULL at this point. */
5927 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5929 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5930 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5931 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5934 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5939 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5940 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5943 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5948 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5950 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5951 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5954 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5955 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5957 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
5959 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
5960 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
5961 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
5962 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
5963 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
5965 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
5969 /* Copy private header information. */
5972 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5974 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5975 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5978 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5979 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5980 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5981 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5982 already been worked out. */
5983 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
5985 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
5992 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5993 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5994 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5995 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5996 swap_out_syms function. */
5998 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5999 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6000 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6001 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6002 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6005 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6010 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6012 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6013 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6016 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6017 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6021 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6025 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6026 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6027 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6028 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6029 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6030 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6032 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6033 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6034 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6035 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6036 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6042 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6045 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6046 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6049 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6052 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6056 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6057 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6060 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6062 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6065 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6066 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6070 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6071 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6072 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6073 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6074 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6075 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6076 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6077 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6079 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6080 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6082 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6083 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6085 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6088 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6090 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6091 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6092 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6094 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6095 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6096 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6097 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6099 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6103 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6104 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6105 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6106 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6107 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6110 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6112 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6113 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6119 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6120 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6121 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6122 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6123 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6127 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6128 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6130 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6131 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6133 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6134 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6135 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6136 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6139 if (!name_local_sections
6140 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6142 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6147 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6150 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6152 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6157 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6159 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6160 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6162 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6163 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6164 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6165 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6166 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6167 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6168 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6170 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6171 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6172 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6176 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6179 if (sec
->output_section
)
6181 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6182 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6185 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6186 if (! relocatable_p
)
6188 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6189 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6191 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6193 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6195 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6196 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6197 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6198 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6202 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6205 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6208 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6211 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6214 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6222 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6228 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6229 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6230 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6231 demand of applications. For example, it
6232 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6233 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6234 actually in the output file. */
6235 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6238 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6239 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6240 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6243 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6247 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6248 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6252 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6255 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6257 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6259 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6264 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6267 /* Processor-specific types. */
6268 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6269 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6270 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6271 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6273 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6275 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6276 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6278 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6280 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6281 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6282 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6283 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6287 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6288 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6291 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6293 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6295 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6297 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6300 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6303 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6304 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6308 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6309 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6310 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6311 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6315 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6316 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6318 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6319 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6320 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6321 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6322 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6323 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6328 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6330 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6331 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6332 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6335 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6339 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6341 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6342 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6344 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6350 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6354 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6356 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6358 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6362 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6363 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6365 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6371 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6374 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6377 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6380 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6387 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6389 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6392 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6393 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6394 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6398 return section
->reloc_count
;
6402 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6405 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6408 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6413 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6414 asymbol
**allocation
)
6416 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6417 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6420 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6424 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6425 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6426 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6427 dynamic reloc section. */
6430 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6435 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6437 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6441 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6442 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6443 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6444 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6445 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6446 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6447 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6448 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6453 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6454 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6455 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6456 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6457 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6458 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6459 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6462 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6466 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6470 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6476 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6478 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6480 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6481 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6482 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6483 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6488 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6490 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6492 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6503 /* Read in the version information. */
6506 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6508 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6509 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6511 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6513 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6514 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6515 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6517 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6519 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6521 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6522 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6523 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6526 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6528 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6529 if (contents
== NULL
)
6531 error_return_verref
:
6532 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6533 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6536 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6537 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6538 goto error_return_verref
;
6540 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6541 goto error_return_verref
;
6543 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6544 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6545 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6546 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6547 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6548 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6550 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6551 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6554 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6556 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6558 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6559 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6561 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6562 goto error_return_verref
;
6564 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6565 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6568 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6569 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6570 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6571 goto error_return_verref
;
6574 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6575 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6576 goto error_return_verref
;
6578 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6579 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6580 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6581 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6583 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6585 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6586 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6587 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6588 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6589 goto error_return_verref
;
6591 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6592 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6594 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6596 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6597 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6598 goto error_return_verref
;
6600 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6601 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6603 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6604 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6607 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6608 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6610 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6612 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6613 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6614 goto error_return_verref
;
6616 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6617 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6624 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6626 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6627 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6628 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6629 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6630 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6632 unsigned int maxidx
;
6633 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6635 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6637 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6638 if (contents
== NULL
)
6640 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6641 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6644 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6647 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6648 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6649 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6650 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6651 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6652 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6654 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6655 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6657 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6659 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6661 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6663 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6664 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6666 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6667 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6670 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6671 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6674 if (default_imported_symver
)
6676 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6681 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6682 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6683 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6686 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6688 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6689 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6690 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6692 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6693 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6696 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6698 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6700 error_return_verdef
:
6701 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6706 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6707 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6709 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6711 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6712 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6715 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6716 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6717 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6718 goto error_return_verdef
;
6722 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6723 goto error_return_verdef
;
6725 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6726 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6727 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6728 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6730 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6732 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6733 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6734 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6735 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6736 goto error_return_verdef
;
6738 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6739 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6741 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6743 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6744 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6745 goto error_return_verdef
;
6747 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6748 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6751 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6752 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6754 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6755 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6757 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6759 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6760 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6766 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6774 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6775 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6778 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6781 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6782 if (default_imported_symver
)
6784 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6785 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6787 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6789 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6790 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6791 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6792 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6794 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6796 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6797 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6798 goto error_return_verdef
;
6799 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6800 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6801 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6802 goto error_return_verdef
;
6804 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6805 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6806 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6812 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6818 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6820 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6821 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6823 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6828 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6829 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6834 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6838 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6841 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6842 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6846 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6849 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6850 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6853 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6854 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6855 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6858 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6859 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6860 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6861 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6862 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6863 we treat such symbols as local. */
6864 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6871 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6872 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6879 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6880 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6881 unsigned long machine
)
6883 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6884 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6885 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6886 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6887 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6890 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6893 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6894 for error reporting. */
6897 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6901 const char **filename_ptr
,
6902 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6904 const char *filename
;
6905 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6908 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6909 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6910 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6911 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6912 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6913 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6914 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6915 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6916 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6922 state
= nothing_seen
;
6924 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6928 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6930 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6936 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6937 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
6941 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
6942 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
6943 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
6945 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
6946 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
6949 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6950 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
6951 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
6955 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
6956 state
= symbol_seen
;
6963 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
6964 if (functionname_ptr
)
6965 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
6970 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6971 for error reporting. */
6974 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
6978 const char **filename_ptr
,
6979 const char **functionname_ptr
,
6980 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
6984 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6985 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
6988 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
6989 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6990 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
6996 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6997 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
6999 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7001 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7002 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7003 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7009 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7010 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7011 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7012 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7014 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7017 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7020 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7021 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7028 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7031 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7032 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7034 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7035 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7036 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7039 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7040 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7041 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7042 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7043 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7046 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7047 const char **filename_ptr
,
7048 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7049 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7052 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7053 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7054 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7059 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7061 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7062 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7064 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7066 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7067 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= 0;
7069 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7070 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7073 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7083 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7085 const void *location
,
7087 bfd_size_type count
)
7089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7092 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7093 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7096 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7097 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7098 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7099 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7106 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7107 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7108 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7113 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7116 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7118 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7120 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7122 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7123 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7125 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7126 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7128 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7130 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7133 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7136 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7139 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7142 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7145 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7148 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7154 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7156 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7158 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7159 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7161 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7166 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7172 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7175 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7178 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7181 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7184 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7190 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7194 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7202 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7203 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7204 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7210 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7212 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7214 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7215 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7216 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7219 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7222 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7223 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7224 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7227 bfd_reloc_status_type
7228 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7229 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7230 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7231 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7232 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7234 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7237 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7238 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7239 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7240 out details about the corefile. */
7242 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7243 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7246 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7249 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7251 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7252 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7255 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7256 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7257 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7261 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7265 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7268 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7272 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7273 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7274 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7278 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7279 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7280 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7281 such a section already exists.
7282 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7283 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7284 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7286 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7292 char *threaded_name
;
7296 /* Build the section name. */
7298 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7299 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7300 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7301 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7303 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7305 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7310 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7311 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7313 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7316 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7318 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7322 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7325 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7330 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7334 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7335 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7336 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7338 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7339 has already been set by another thread. */
7340 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7341 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7342 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7344 /* pr_who exists on:
7347 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7350 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7351 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7354 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7355 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7357 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7358 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7360 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7361 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7362 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7364 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7365 has already been set by another thread. */
7366 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7367 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7368 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7370 /* pr_who exists on:
7373 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7376 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7377 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7380 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7383 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7384 note size (ie. data object type). */
7388 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7389 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7390 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7392 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7394 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7396 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7398 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7400 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7401 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7404 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7405 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7406 data structure apart. */
7409 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7411 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7414 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7415 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7419 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7421 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7424 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7425 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7426 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7427 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7431 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7432 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7433 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7434 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7438 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7439 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7440 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7443 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7446 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7454 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7458 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7464 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7466 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7468 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7470 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7472 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7474 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7475 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7476 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7478 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7479 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7480 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7482 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7483 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7485 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7486 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7488 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7491 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7492 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7495 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7496 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7502 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7503 note size (ie. data object type). */
7507 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7508 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7509 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7512 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7513 int n
= strlen (command
);
7515 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7516 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7521 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7523 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7525 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7527 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7528 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7529 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7535 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7537 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7539 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7540 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7542 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7545 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7547 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7550 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7551 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7552 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7556 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7558 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7560 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7562 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7568 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7569 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7570 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7575 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7578 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7580 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7582 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7583 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7584 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7587 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7589 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7593 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7594 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7595 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7596 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7599 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7600 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7601 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7604 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7606 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7609 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7611 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7612 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7613 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7616 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7618 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7622 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7623 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7624 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7625 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7628 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7629 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7630 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7633 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7635 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7637 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7639 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7641 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7647 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7649 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7652 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7654 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7656 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7657 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7658 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7659 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7662 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7663 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7664 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7666 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7667 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7671 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7673 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7677 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7678 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7679 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7680 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7681 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7683 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7684 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7688 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7689 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7690 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7691 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7693 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7694 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7698 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7700 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7705 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7706 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7707 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7716 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7719 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7729 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7730 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7732 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7733 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7738 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7740 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7743 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7745 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7748 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7749 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7751 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7752 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7753 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7756 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7757 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7758 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7759 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7765 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7766 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7768 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7769 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7776 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7781 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7782 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7783 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7791 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7795 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7798 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7805 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7808 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7810 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7812 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7814 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7816 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7818 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7825 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7829 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7830 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7832 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7834 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7835 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7836 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7837 creates a core file. */
7839 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7842 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7843 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7844 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7847 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7851 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7853 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7854 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7856 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7857 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7860 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7863 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7870 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7871 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7876 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7877 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7879 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7880 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7890 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
7892 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7899 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7902 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7903 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7905 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7906 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7908 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7909 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7912 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7915 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7916 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7917 thread just in case. */
7918 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7921 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7922 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
7924 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7929 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7933 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7934 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7935 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7937 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7941 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7942 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
7950 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7951 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
7953 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7958 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7962 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7963 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7964 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7966 /* This is the current thread. */
7967 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
7968 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
7973 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7974 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7975 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7976 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7979 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7981 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7982 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7984 static long tid
= 1;
7988 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
7989 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
7990 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
7991 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
7992 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
7993 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
7994 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
7995 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8001 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8008 size of data for note
8011 End of buffer containing note. */
8014 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8022 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8032 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8034 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8035 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8036 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8039 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8041 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8043 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8044 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8045 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8046 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8047 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8051 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8059 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8063 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8065 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8072 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8074 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8076 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8079 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8082 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8083 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8084 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8085 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8086 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8088 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8090 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8092 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8100 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8102 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8103 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8104 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8105 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8106 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8107 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8109 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8111 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8113 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8120 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8121 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8123 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8124 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8125 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8126 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8127 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8128 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8130 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8131 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8133 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8134 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8137 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8138 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8140 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8142 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8144 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8148 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8149 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8152 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8154 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8155 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8156 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8157 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8160 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8163 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8169 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8170 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8171 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8175 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8178 const void *xfpregs
,
8181 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8182 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8183 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8187 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8195 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8198 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8202 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8210 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8212 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8213 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8214 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8216 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8218 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8219 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8221 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8222 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8223 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8225 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8227 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8230 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8232 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8237 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8241 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8248 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8250 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8251 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8252 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8255 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8257 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8263 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8266 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8267 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8268 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8269 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8271 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8272 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8275 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8279 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8285 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8286 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8287 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8293 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8296 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8298 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8299 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8300 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8303 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8305 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8306 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8308 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8309 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8313 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8316 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8321 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8324 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8326 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8327 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8328 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8331 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8333 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8334 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8336 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8337 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8341 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8342 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8345 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8349 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8350 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8352 return reloc_class_normal
;
8355 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8356 relocation against a local symbol. */
8359 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8360 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8362 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8364 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8367 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8368 + sec
->output_offset
8370 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8371 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8372 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8375 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8376 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8377 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8380 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8381 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8382 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8383 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8384 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8385 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8386 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8389 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8390 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8396 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8401 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8403 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8404 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8406 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8407 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8408 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8412 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8413 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8417 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8419 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8420 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8422 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8423 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8429 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8430 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8431 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8432 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8433 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8434 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8436 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8437 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8438 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8439 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8440 the remote memory. */
8443 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8447 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8449 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8450 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8454 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8455 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8456 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8461 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8464 const char *relplt_name
;
8465 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8469 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8475 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8478 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8481 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8484 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8485 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8486 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8487 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8491 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8492 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8493 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8496 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8500 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8501 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8504 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8505 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8506 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8507 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8508 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8510 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8514 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8515 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8517 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8522 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8523 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8526 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8527 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8528 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8529 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8530 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8532 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8534 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8535 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8537 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8538 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8545 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8546 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8549 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8551 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8552 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8555 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8556 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8557 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8559 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8560 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8563 /* Sorted by section index. */
8564 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8568 /* Sorted by binding. */
8569 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8574 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8579 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8581 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8582 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8583 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8586 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8590 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8593 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8595 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8596 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8597 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8598 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8599 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8600 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8607 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8609 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8610 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8611 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8612 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8613 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8614 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8616 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8617 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8618 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8621 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8624 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8625 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8627 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8629 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8633 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8634 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8635 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8638 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8639 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8640 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8641 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8642 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8643 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8645 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8648 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8650 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8654 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8657 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8659 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8660 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8661 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8662 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8664 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8666 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8667 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8669 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8676 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8681 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8682 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8684 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8691 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8695 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8698 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8699 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8701 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8705 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8706 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8709 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8716 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8717 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8720 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8726 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8727 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8728 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8729 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8730 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8732 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8733 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8734 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8735 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8736 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8754 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8755 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8756 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8757 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8759 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8762 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8763 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8767 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8768 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8771 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);